<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mediarunway</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mediarunway"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Mediarunway"/>
	<updated>2026-05-08T00:10:45Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:File_Transfer_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=79146</id>
		<title>Howto:File Transfer - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:File_Transfer_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=79146"/>
		<updated>2026-03-13T16:29:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ File Tranfser]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MediaRunway-filetransfer-icon.png|/MediaRunway-filetransfer-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;File Transfer&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
Allows you to exchange files that are too large for email! There are also many other good reasons to share files better with this file transfer app. Encrypted, password-protected and limitable file transfer via your OWN system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Each user can upload file(s) and share a link to users for downloading this files. Also the user can send a link, that another user can upload files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure email server settings, set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=FileTransfer&amp;amp;type=license#filetransfer More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway File Transfer 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway File Transfer 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* email server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:MediaRunway-filetransfer-icon.png&amp;diff=79145</id>
		<title>File:MediaRunway-filetransfer-icon.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:MediaRunway-filetransfer-icon.png&amp;diff=79145"/>
		<updated>2026-03-13T16:27:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:File_Transfer_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=79144</id>
		<title>Howto:File Transfer - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:File_Transfer_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=79144"/>
		<updated>2026-03-13T16:26:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt; /Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png  ==Product Name== &amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt; MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ File Tranfser]  ==Certi...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ File Tranfser]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-filetransfer-icon.png|/Mediarunway-filetransfer-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;File Transfer&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
Allows you to exchange files that are too large for email! There are also many other good reasons to share files better with this file transfer app. Encrypted, password-protected and limitable file transfer via your OWN system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Each user can upload file(s) and share a link to users for downloading this files. Also the user can send a link, that another user can upload files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure email server settings, set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=FileTransfer&amp;amp;type=license#filetransfer More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway File Transfer 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway File Transfer 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* email server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-admin-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78347</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-admin-whitemode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-admin-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78347"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T14:12:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Permission Settings: supervisor and user or only supervisor can edit the informations&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Permission Settings: supervisor and user or only supervisor can edit the informations&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78346</id>
		<title>Howto:Users Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78346"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T14:11:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Users Plus]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png|/Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
All employee data and project roles at a glance: skills, goals, contacts, awards, team structures and more – searchable, connected, and centralized. For HR, managers, and anyone who wants to make talent visible across the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for other users and if the user has the rights he could change some or all of the own user profile informations.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Screenshots User App&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! whitemode !! darkmode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Supervisor App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The supervisor can search for users and change their profile informations. The supervisor could also add and maintain project groups and there members with there function in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-supervisor-whitemode.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure which data fields of the user profile could be maintained by the user and which one only by the supervisor. Set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario and set the access rights for external services.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-admin-whitemode.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=UsersPlus&amp;amp;type=license#usersplus More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* permissions which informations only the supervisor can maintain&lt;br /&gt;
* set access rights for external services, like get the favicon of a website for the links in a userprofile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-supervisor-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78344</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-supervisor-whitemode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-supervisor-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78344"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T14:09:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Screenshot of the project groups settings in the supervisor app&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png&amp;diff=78343</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png&amp;diff=78343"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T13:59:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Mediarunway uploaded a new version of File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78342</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78342"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T13:58:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Mediarunway uploaded a new version of File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Screenshot of the Users Plus app - user app in whitemode&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78341</id>
		<title>Howto:Users Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78341"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T12:33:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Users Plus]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png|/Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
All employee data and project roles at a glance: skills, goals, contacts, awards, team structures and more – searchable, connected, and centralized. For HR, managers, and anyone who wants to make talent visible across the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for other users and if the user has the rights he could change some or all of the own user profile informations.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Screenshots User App&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! whitemode !! darkmode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Supervisor App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The supervisor can search for users and change their profile informations. The supervisor could also add and maintain project groups and there members with there function in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure which data fields of the user profile could be maintained by the user and which one only by the supervisor. Set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario and set the access rights for external services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=UsersPlus&amp;amp;type=license#usersplus More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* permissions which informations only the supervisor can maintain&lt;br /&gt;
* set access rights for external services, like get the favicon of a website for the links in a userprofile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png&amp;diff=78339</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darkmode.png&amp;diff=78339"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T12:32:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darmode.png&amp;diff=78338</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darmode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darmode.png&amp;diff=78338"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T12:31:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78337</id>
		<title>Howto:Users Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78337"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T12:31:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Users Plus]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png|/Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
All employee data and project roles at a glance: skills, goals, contacts, awards, team structures and more – searchable, connected, and centralized. For HR, managers, and anyone who wants to make talent visible across the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for other users and if the user has the rights he could change some or all of the own user profile informations.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Screenshots User App&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! whitemode !! darkmode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-darmode.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Supervisor App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The supervisor can search for users and change their profile informations. The supervisor could also add and maintain project groups and there members with there function in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure which data fields of the user profile could be maintained by the user and which one only by the supervisor. Set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario and set the access rights for external services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=UsersPlus&amp;amp;type=license#usersplus More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* permissions which informations only the supervisor can maintain&lt;br /&gt;
* set access rights for external services, like get the favicon of a website for the links in a userprofile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78336</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-user-whitemode.png&amp;diff=78336"/>
		<updated>2025-10-22T12:30:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Screenshot of the Users Plus app - user app in whitemode&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78255</id>
		<title>Howto:Users Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Users_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=78255"/>
		<updated>2025-10-15T09:11:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt; /Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png  ==Product Name== &amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt; MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Users Plus]  ==Certific...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Users Plus]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png|/Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App:&lt;br /&gt;
All employee data and project roles at a glance: skills, goals, contacts, awards, team structures and more – searchable, connected, and centralized. For HR, managers, and anyone who wants to make talent visible across the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for other users and if the user has the rights he could change some or all of the own user profile informations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Supervisor App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The supervisor can search for users and change their profile informations. The supervisor could also add and maintain project groups and there members with there function in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure which data fields of the user profile could be maintained by the user and which one only by the supervisor. Set the pbx name for a multi pbx scenario and set the access rights for external services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=UsersPlus&amp;amp;type=license#usersplus More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (151xxxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V15r1 sr6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
* pbx name for a multipbx scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* permissions which informations only the supervisor can maintain&lt;br /&gt;
* set access rights for external services, like get the favicon of a website for the links in a userprofile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png&amp;diff=78254</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-usersplus-icon.png&amp;diff=78254"/>
		<updated>2025-10-15T09:06:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77850</id>
		<title>Howto:Holidays - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77850"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:52:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Brief summary of the installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Holidays]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Holidays&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holidays App allows you to configure boolean objects with public and optional school holidays. The app can optional automatically updates the holidays for the next year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Holidays App uses an OpenSource API from [https://www.openholidaysapi.org/en/ OpenHolidays API] to obtain up to date holiday information for the selected country and state.&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching a boolean: All the pbxes boolean objects are listed in the left sidebar. The searchfield can be used to search specific booleans by name. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the location: Since holidays are location dependent, the country and in some cases, the state has to be selected. Additionally, the checkbox “School Holidays” also returns schoolholidays for the current year. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the boolean: The returned holidays can then be selected using the checkbox on the left side. For public holidays the start and endtime can be adjusted, for school holidays the start and enddate can be adjusted. &lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the configuration: Once all holidays have been configured, the configuration can be saved. If the checkbox on the left side of the savebutton is checked before saving, the app will automatically reconfigure the boolean for the upcoming year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions, but have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one license per pbx system(s). Configured at the app instance object.[https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#holidays More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone min. V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Holidays Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Holidays&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;holidays&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin app needs the following permissions: Websocket, TableUsers and Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
In Licenses enter &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;, and be sure that a license is still available.&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app the name of the PBX needs to be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77849</id>
		<title>Howto:Holidays - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77849"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:52:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Brief summary of the installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Holidays]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Holidays&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holidays App allows you to configure boolean objects with public and optional school holidays. The app can optional automatically updates the holidays for the next year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Holidays App uses an OpenSource API from [https://www.openholidaysapi.org/en/ OpenHolidays API] to obtain up to date holiday information for the selected country and state.&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching a boolean: All the pbxes boolean objects are listed in the left sidebar. The searchfield can be used to search specific booleans by name. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the location: Since holidays are location dependent, the country and in some cases, the state has to be selected. Additionally, the checkbox “School Holidays” also returns schoolholidays for the current year. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the boolean: The returned holidays can then be selected using the checkbox on the left side. For public holidays the start and endtime can be adjusted, for school holidays the start and enddate can be adjusted. &lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the configuration: Once all holidays have been configured, the configuration can be saved. If the checkbox on the left side of the savebutton is checked before saving, the app will automatically reconfigure the boolean for the upcoming year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions, but have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one license per pbx system(s). Configured at the app instance object.[https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#holidays More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone min. V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Holidays Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Holidays&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;holidays&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin app needs the following permissions: Websocket, TableUsers and Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
In Licenses enter &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;, and be sure that a license is still available.&lt;br /&gt;
In the admin app the name of the PBX needs to be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png&amp;diff=77848</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png&amp;diff=77848"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:47:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77847</id>
		<title>Howto:Holidays - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77847"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:45:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Holidays]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Holidays&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holidays App allows you to configure boolean objects with public and optional school holidays. The app can optional automatically updates the holidays for the next year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Holidays App uses an OpenSource API from [https://www.openholidaysapi.org/en/ OpenHolidays API] to obtain up to date holiday information for the selected country and state.&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching a boolean: All the pbxes boolean objects are listed in the left sidebar. The searchfield can be used to search specific booleans by name. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the location: Since holidays are location dependent, the country and in some cases, the state has to be selected. Additionally, the checkbox “School Holidays” also returns schoolholidays for the current year. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the boolean: The returned holidays can then be selected using the checkbox on the left side. For public holidays the start and endtime can be adjusted, for school holidays the start and enddate can be adjusted. &lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the configuration: Once all holidays have been configured, the configuration can be saved. If the checkbox on the left side of the savebutton is checked before saving, the app will automatically reconfigure the boolean for the upcoming year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions, but have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one license per pbx system(s). Configured at the app instance object.[https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#holidays More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone min. V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Holidays Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Holidays&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;holidays&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png&amp;diff=77846</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png&amp;diff=77846"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:41:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays.png&amp;diff=77845</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-holidays.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-holidays.png&amp;diff=77845"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:41:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77844</id>
		<title>Howto:Holidays - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=77844"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T10:40:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt; right  ==Product Name== &amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt; MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Holidays]  ==Certification Status== &amp;lt;!-- do not remove c...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Holidays]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Holidays&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holidays App allows you to configure boolean objects with public and optional school holidays. The app can optional automatically updates the holidays for the next year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-screenshot001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Holidays App uses an OpenSource API from [https://www.openholidaysapi.org/en/ OpenHolidays API] to obtain up to date holiday information for the selected country and state.&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching a boolean: All the pbxes boolean objects are listed in the left sidebar. The searchfield can be used to search specific booleans by name. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the location: Since holidays are location dependent, the country and in some cases, the state has to be selected. Additionally, the checkbox “School Holidays” also returns schoolholidays for the current year. &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuring the boolean: The returned holidays can then be selected using the checkbox on the left side. For public holidays the start and endtime can be adjusted, for school holidays the start and enddate can be adjusted. &lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the configuration: Once all holidays have been configured, the configuration can be saved. If the checkbox on the left side of the savebutton is checked before saving, the app will automatically reconfigure the boolean for the upcoming year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions, but have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one license per pbx system(s). Configured at the app instance object.[https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#holidays More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone min. V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Holidays 142xxxx&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Holidays Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Holidays&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;holidays&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Holidays_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-holidays-neededApis.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76837</id>
		<title>Howto:Doorbell - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76837"/>
		<updated>2025-06-04T11:58:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|mediarunway_company_logo_200.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Doorbell]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed Juni 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-doorbell.png|mediarunway-doorbell.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doorbell allows you to connect your door intercom to the innovaphone myApps system. This makes it possible to receive the ringing of a visitor like a phone call and additionally view the image of the camera in your softphone while taking to the visitor or opening your door by a &amp;quot;soft button&amp;quot; click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The doorbell app is a video and function key add-on to the innovphone myApps softphone/ phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the myApps doorbell app is installed correctly, then there is a &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; and a &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot; app. The doorbell admin app hasn´t to be licensed. With this app you can configure the door bell intercoms, the licensing and which user get the doorbell function. Each user who should get the doorbell function has to get access to the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app (not &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot;). But a user will not see an app icon of the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app, because it is a hidden app, which will integrate on thy fly in the innovphone myApps phone app if a configured doorbell is calling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos: [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zSSxXEe-QCs DE] | [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z70INs8ApK8 EN]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We succsessfull tested door bell intercoms from the following vendors with the myApps doorbell app (doorbell and pbx were connected directly via network layer 2 and a installed myApps client on Windows, iOS, Android): 2N, Axis, Mobotix, Telecom Behnke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no direct access to the camera over lan exists, then the client will get alternativly, if possible, an image of the camera through the myApps app platform (pre-condition the app platform could access the camera video/ image source). Thats should be the default behavior for a smartphone on the road without active company vpn. For the possible different video/ image paths look in this wiki article under prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing. One Doorbell App App (User) license per user with any number of doorbell devices. No floating licensing, only the users who got a configured license have access.&lt;br /&gt;
The user must also have a myApps phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Required other licenses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user who should use the doorbell app needs a licensed myApps softphone/ phone app and access to myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voice / function-key&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app is a video and function key add-on to the innovaphone myApps phone app. So the voice communication with the door bell intercom has to work first. In the innovaphone wiki you find infos to connect some door intercom models to connect them with the innovaphone pbx, for example a [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V13_MyApps_Cloud_-_connecting_2N-Intercom 2N in a cloud scenario].&lt;br /&gt;
The configured function key to open via DTMF the door works independently of the camera video/ image access. So only the voice path has to work independently of the doorbell app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Video/ image access&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps user/client which should get access to the camera video/ image has to have anonymous access to the MJPEG/ JPEG source via http/ htpps of the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
Example to configure anonymous access for a &amp;quot;2N IP Verso&amp;quot; door bell intercom (in 08/2022). You have to navigate to Service&amp;gt;HTTP API. There you have to enable &amp;quot;Camera API&amp;quot; and set &amp;quot;Authentication&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;none&amp;quot;, if only a self signed certificate for ssl exist, then we recommend &amp;quot;unsecure (TCP)&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;connection type&amp;quot; and then we also recommend to use myApps with an installed client (Windows, Android, iOS was tested).&lt;br /&gt;
For more security you could restrict the anonymous video/ image access with network secruity mechanism (firewalling rules, etc.). What we recommend not to do is to do a port forwarding from WAN to the camera video/ image port. So that we didn´t describe that video path possibility.&lt;br /&gt;
The access to the video image depends on how the user is connected to myApps. We could decide between two big different scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the pbx / app plattform and maybe one or more reverse proxys which are installed on premise in the customer company wlan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the pbx / app plattform and reverse proxy installed on the cloud provider side&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the following two diagrams show one of the to big different scenarios. And each picture shows an abstract example for that scenario and which paths exist to access the camera video/ image from a myApps client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-onPremPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-onprempbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-cloudPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-cloudpbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App installing knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge about installing an App, adding the App Object for the users and how to configure your doorbell model for the access. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects, the names of these can be found in the [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IFrame_-_MediaRunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Configuration &amp;quot;Configuration&amp;quot;] area of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need is this Wiki article and a valid license. For a valid license please install the app and in the admin area of the app you will find the authentication key. Please send us this authentication key, together with the number of users and the desired license period to [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell  1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# open the installed Doorbell Admin app&lt;br /&gt;
# click in the bottom right to Add&lt;br /&gt;
# then a config form for a new doorbell is shown&lt;br /&gt;
# the name is a description&lt;br /&gt;
# in stream url put the MJEPEG stream url of the doorbell or another camera (RTSP stream will not work)&lt;br /&gt;
# in image url there you can put a camera url which will give you a live picture not a MJPEG stream (this will be used if e.g. a smartphone user from external should got remote one picture to could decide)&lt;br /&gt;
# in DTMF put the DTMF of the doorbell to trigger the open door relay&lt;br /&gt;
# at Doorbell object choose the pbx object where the doorbell is registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You haven´t to fill all the form fields. As a minimum you have to configure the &amp;quot;Doorbell object&amp;quot; and one of the urls OR the DTMF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have more then one doorbell, then you could add more then one doorbell in this app, without an extra license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, you have to give the user(s) access to the app and a doorbell license, for all users who should see the doorbell video/picture or the &amp;quot;open button&amp;quot; for the DTMF. The user who has access to the doorbell user app will not see the doorbell user app under his app list, because it is a hidden app (like a plugin for the innovaphone phone app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is everything configed right, then if the doorbell rings to the user with access to the doorbell user app, the user will see in the innovaphone phone app the configed things, for example the live video and the open door button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important: after deplyoing the app to the user, the user has to reload myApps to get the video-popup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76836</id>
		<title>Howto:Doorbell - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76836"/>
		<updated>2025-06-04T11:55:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|mediarunway_company_logo_200.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Doorbell]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed Juni 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-doorbell.png|mediarunway-doorbell.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doorbell allows you to connect your door intercom to the innovaphone myApps system. This makes it possible to receive the ringing of a visitor like a phone call and additionally view the image of the camera in your softphone while taking to the visitor or opening your door by a &amp;quot;soft button&amp;quot; click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The doorbell app is a video and function key add-on to the innovphone myApps softphone/ phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the myApps doorbell app is installed correctly, then there is a &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; and a &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot; app. The doorbell admin app hasn´t to be licensed. With this app you can configure the door bell intercoms, the licensing and which user get the doorbell function. Each user who should get the doorbell function has to get access to the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app (not &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot;). But a user will not see an app icon of the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app, because it is a hidden app, which will integrate on thy fly in the innovphone myApps phone app if a configured doorbell is calling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos: [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zSSxXEe-QCs DE] | [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z70INs8ApK8 EN]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We succsessfull tested door bell intercoms from the following vendors with the myApps doorbell app (doorbell and pbx were connected directly via network layer 2 and a installed myApps client on Windows, iOS, Android): 2N, Axis, Mobotix, Telecom Behnke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no direct access to the camera over lan exists, then the client will get alternativly, if possible, an image of the camera through the myApps app platform (pre-condition the app platform could access the camera video/ image source). Thats should be the default behavior for a smartphone on the road without active company vpn. For the possible different video/ image paths look in this wiki article under prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing. One Doorbell App App (User) license per user with any number of doorbell devices. No floating licensing, only the users who got a configured license have access.&lt;br /&gt;
The user must also have a myApps phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Required other licenses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user who should use the doorbell app needs a licensed myApps softphone/ phone app and access to myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voice / function-key&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app is a video and function key add-on to the innovaphone myApps phone app. So the voice communication with the door bell intercom has to work first. In the innovaphone wiki you find infos to connect some door intercom models to connect them with the innovaphone pbx, for example a [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V13_MyApps_Cloud_-_connecting_2N-Intercom 2N in a cloud scenario].&lt;br /&gt;
The configured function key to open via DTMF the door works independently of the camera video/ image access. So only the voice path has to work independently of the doorbell app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Video/ image access&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps user/client which should get access to the camera video/ image has to have anonymous access to the MJPEG/ JPEG source via http/ htpps of the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
Example to configure anonymous access for a &amp;quot;2N IP Verso&amp;quot; door bell intercom (in 08/2022). You have to navigate to Service&amp;gt;HTTP API. There you have to enable &amp;quot;Camera API&amp;quot; and set &amp;quot;Authentication&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;none&amp;quot;, if only a self signed certificate for ssl exist, then we recommend &amp;quot;unsecure (TCP)&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;connection type&amp;quot; and then we also recommend to use myApps with an installed client (Windows, Android, iOS was tested).&lt;br /&gt;
For more security you could restrict the anonymous video/ image access with network secruity mechanism (firewalling rules, etc.). What we recommend not to do is to do a port forwarding from WAN to the camera video/ image port. So that we didn´t describe that video path possibility.&lt;br /&gt;
The access to the video image depends on how the user is connected to myApps. We could decide between two big different scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the pbx / app plattform and maybe one or more reverse proxys which are installed on premise in the customer company wlan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the pbx / app plattform and reverse proxy installed on the cloud provider side&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the following two diagrams show one of the to big different scenarios. And each picture shows an abstract example for that scenario and which paths exist to access the camera video/ image from a myApps client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-onPremPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-onprempbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-cloudPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-cloudpbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App installing knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge about installing an App, adding the App Object for the users and how to configure your doorbell model for the access. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects, the names of these can be found in the [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IFrame_-_MediaRunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Configuration &amp;quot;Configuration&amp;quot;] area of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need is this Wiki article and a valid license. For a valid license please install the app and in the admin area of the app you will find the authentication key. Please send us this authentication key, together with the number of users and the desired license period to [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell  1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# open the installed Doorbell Admin app&lt;br /&gt;
# click in the bottom right to Add&lt;br /&gt;
# then a config form for a new doorbell is shown&lt;br /&gt;
# the name is a description&lt;br /&gt;
# in stream url put the MJEPEG stream url of the doorbell or another camera (RTSP stream will not work)&lt;br /&gt;
# in image url there you can put a camera url which will give you a live picture not a MJPEG stream (this will be used if e.g. a smartphone user from external should got remote one picture to could decide)&lt;br /&gt;
# in DTMF put the DTMF of the doorbell to trigger the open door relay&lt;br /&gt;
# at Doorbell object choose the pbx object where the doorbell is registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You haven´t to fill all the form fields. As a minimum you have to configure the &amp;quot;Doorbell object&amp;quot; and one of the urls OR the DTMF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have more then one doorbell, then you could add more then one doorbell in this app, without an extra license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, you have to give the user(s) who should see the doorbell video/picture or the &amp;quot;open button&amp;quot; for the DTMF access to the app and a doorbell license. The user who has access to the doorbell user app does not see the doorbell user app, because it is a hidden app (like a plugin for the innovaphone phone app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is everything configed right, then if the doorbell rings to the user with access to the doorbell user app, the user will see in the innovaphone phone app the configed things, for example the live video and the open door button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important: after deplyoing the app to the user, the user has to reload myApps to get the video-popup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76835</id>
		<title>Howto:Doorbell - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Doorbell_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76835"/>
		<updated>2025-06-04T11:52:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|mediarunway_company_logo_200.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Doorbell]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed Juni 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-doorbell.png|mediarunway-doorbell.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doorbell allows you to connect your door intercom to the innovaphone myApps system. This makes it possible to receive the ringing of a visitor like a phone call and additionally view the image of the camera in your softphone while taking to the visitor or opening your door by a &amp;quot;soft button&amp;quot; click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The doorbell app is a video and function key add-on to the innovphone myApps softphone/ phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the myApps doorbell app is installed correctly, then there is a &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; and a &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot; app. The doorbell admin app hasn´t to be licensed. With this app you can configure the door bell intercoms, the licensing and which user get the doorbell function. Each user who should get the doorbell function has to get access to the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app (not &amp;quot;doorbell admin&amp;quot;). But a user will not see an app icon of the &amp;quot;doorbell&amp;quot; app, because it is a hidden app, which will integrate on thy fly in the innovphone myApps phone app if a configured doorbell is calling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos: [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zSSxXEe-QCs DE] | [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z70INs8ApK8 EN]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We succsessfull tested door bell intercoms from the following vendors with the myApps doorbell app (doorbell and pbx were connected directly via network layer 2 and a installed myApps client on Windows, iOS, Android): 2N, Axis, Mobotix, Telecom Behnke&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no direct access to the camera over lan exists, then the client will get alternativly, if possible, an image of the camera through the myApps app platform (pre-condition the app platform could access the camera video/ image source). Thats should be the default behavior for a smartphone on the road without active company vpn. For the possible different video/ image paths look in this wiki article under prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing. One Doorbell App App (User) license per user with any number of doorbell devices. No floating licensing, only the users who got a configured license have access.&lt;br /&gt;
The user must also have a myApps phone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Required other licenses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user who should use the doorbell app needs a licensed myApps softphone/ phone app and access to myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voice / function-key&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app is a video and function key add-on to the innovaphone myApps phone app. So the voice communication with the door bell intercom has to work first. In the innovaphone wiki you find infos to connect some door intercom models to connect them with the innovaphone pbx, for example a [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V13_MyApps_Cloud_-_connecting_2N-Intercom 2N in a cloud scenario].&lt;br /&gt;
The configured function key to open via DTMF the door works independently of the camera video/ image access. So only the voice path has to work independently of the doorbell app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Video/ image access&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps user/client which should get access to the camera video/ image has to have anonymous access to the MJPEG/ JPEG source via http/ htpps of the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
Example to configure anonymous access for a &amp;quot;2N IP Verso&amp;quot; door bell intercom (in 08/2022). You have to navigate to Service&amp;gt;HTTP API. There you have to enable &amp;quot;Camera API&amp;quot; and set &amp;quot;Authentication&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;none&amp;quot;, if only a self signed certificate for ssl exist, then we recommend &amp;quot;unsecure (TCP)&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;connection type&amp;quot; and then we also recommend to use myApps with an installed client (Windows, Android, iOS was tested).&lt;br /&gt;
For more security you could restrict the anonymous video/ image access with network secruity mechanism (firewalling rules, etc.). What we recommend not to do is to do a port forwarding from WAN to the camera video/ image port. So that we didn´t describe that video path possibility.&lt;br /&gt;
The access to the video image depends on how the user is connected to myApps. We could decide between two big different scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. the pbx / app plattform and maybe one or more reverse proxys which are installed on premise in the customer company wlan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. the pbx / app plattform and reverse proxy installed on the cloud provider side&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the following two diagrams show one of the to big different scenarios. And each picture shows an abstract example for that scenario and which paths exist to access the camera video/ image from a myApps client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-onPremPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-onprempbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doorbell-videopath-cloudPBX.png|doorbell-videopath-cloudpbx.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App installing knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge about installing an App, adding the App Object for the users and how to configure your doorbell model for the access. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects, the names of these can be found in the [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IFrame_-_MediaRunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Configuration &amp;quot;Configuration&amp;quot;] area of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need is this Wiki article and a valid license. For a valid license please install the app and in the admin area of the app you will find the authentication key. Please send us this authentication key, together with the number of users and the desired license period to [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell  1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Doorbell 1.0 (132xxx sr13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2sr13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# open the installed Doorbell Admin app&lt;br /&gt;
# click in the bottom right to Add&lt;br /&gt;
# then a config form for a new doorbell is shown&lt;br /&gt;
# the name is a description&lt;br /&gt;
# in stream url put the MJEPEG stream url of the doorbell or another camera (RTSP stream will not work)&lt;br /&gt;
# in image url there you can put a camera url which will give you a live picture not a MJPEG stream (this will be used if the e.g. a smartphone user from wan should got remote one picture to could decide)&lt;br /&gt;
# in DTMF put the DTMF of the doorbell to trigger the open door relay&lt;br /&gt;
# at Doorbell object choose the pbx object where the doorbell is registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You haven´t to fill all the form fields. As a minimum you have to configure the &amp;quot;Doorbell object&amp;quot; and one of the urls OR the DTMF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have more then one doorbell, then you could add more then one doorbell in this app, without an extra license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, you have to give the user(s) who should see the doorbell video/picture or the &amp;quot;open button&amp;quot; for the DTMF access to the app and a doorbell license. The user who has access to the doorbell user app does not see the doorbell user app, because it is a hidden app (like a plugin for the innovaphone phone app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is everything configed right, then if the doorbell rings to the user with access to the doorbell user app, the user will see in the innovaphone phone app the configed things, for example the live video and the open door button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names. We need to install the app, add an app instance, and the app objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important: after deplyoing the app to the user, the user has to reload myApps to get the video-popup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76505</id>
		<title>Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76505"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T09:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Known issues */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Contacts Manager]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of this product has been finalized June 2024.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Directory Services|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty Directory Services}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MediaRunway-ContactsManager.png|/MediaRunway-ContactsManager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts Manager enables regular import of contacts from different data sources into the innovaphone Contacts App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application provides an interface that can be used to check the license and to save and restore the configuration of the Contacts Manager Windows application. Several connections can be configured to serve as endpoints. The Contacts Manager Windows application developed by [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem] uses this connection to query the status of the license and to save its own configuration, which can be restored if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:contactsmanager_overview_3.png|805px|/Contactsmanager_overview_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts Manager Windows Application developed by [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem] can be used to aggregate data sources with contacts information and send the result to the Contacts App of the innovaphone App platform. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These data sources could be used:&lt;br /&gt;
* CSV file&lt;br /&gt;
* Excel file&lt;br /&gt;
* MS SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Exchange, also 365 Exchange online&lt;br /&gt;
* ODBC 64Bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manual of the Contacts Manager Windows application can be found here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Call Info API===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Contacts Manager version 1.1.0.0 (133014 sr19) it is possible to store contacts data in the database of the app itself. Data will be published by the Contacts Manager Windows application if configured. Furthermore, it offers an additional &amp;quot;Contacts Manager Call Info API&amp;quot; object, that can be added via PBX Manager. This API object can be used by the [[Howto:Call Info Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] application to connect to the Contacts Manager App and to search for additional information on phone numbers. The [[Howto:Call Info Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] application is an adaptation of the [[Howto:CallInfo - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Call Info&amp;quot;]] application to interact with the Contacts Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoapi.png|782px|/Callinfoapi.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- === Provided APIs === --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- name APIs which product provides - if any --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- e.g. some of these https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r2/doc/reference.htm#APIs --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* API1&lt;br /&gt;
* API2&lt;br /&gt;
* API3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of Contacts Manager licenses to be purchased depends on the number of port licenses used. [https://www.innovaphone.com/de/services/lizenzen/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#contactsmanager Here you will find the list how many licenses are need].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone licenses and systems &amp;gt;= V13r3&lt;br /&gt;
* actual windows system to install the sync software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.x (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.0.16.x (133000-133003)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr14&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr16&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.0.18.x (133006)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the App, adding the App instance and the App Object for the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Contacts Manager&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts Manager Call Info API ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts Manager has a second object to add called: &amp;quot;ContactsManager Call Info API&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a hidden app without UI to register our API as Service. The [[Howto:Call Info Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] App can connect to this created Service end point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:contactsmanagercallinfoapi.png|751px|/Contactsmanagercallinfoapi.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To transfer contact data, please install the latest version of the Contacts Manager Windows application and activate the Call Info functionality on the desired data sources. The manual of the Contacts Manager Windows application can be found here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (&amp;quot;ContactsManager&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The following is an installation example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AP manager settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_ap_manager.png|1085px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PBX manager settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Please add the ContactsManager Admin Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_pbx_manager.png|1072px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checkmark your admin config while adding the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_pbx_man_admin.png|1068px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After succesfully installing the application open the admin user interface. Now we will configure a connection that can be used as endpoint for license checks. To do this, press the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview.png|451px|/ContactsManager_admin_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you add a name and a description, select the PBX against which the license check is to be carried out, assign a user name and a password. We need the displayed URL for the connection to be set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_new_endpoint_overview2.png|451px|/ContactsManager_admin_new_endpoint_overview2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving the settings, the new connection appears in the general overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview_withconn.png|451px|/ContactsManager_admin_overview_withconn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the created connection to get to the detailed view. Here you will find all the values required to set up the connection and also the link to download the Contacts Manger application from [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview_savedconn.png|448px|/ContactsManager_admin_overview_savedconn.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assign licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
The necessary licenses can be ordered via innovaphone. These are then assigned to the admin object of the Contacts Manager app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_assign_lic.png|802px|/ContactsManager_admin_assign_lic.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts Manager Windows Application===&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to download the installer file of the Contacts Manager Windows application. The link for the zipped installation file can be copied in the expanded view of the created connection (&amp;quot;Install file link&amp;quot;). The manual for the installation can be download here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the installation instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Known issues====&lt;br /&gt;
* [up to and including version 2.24.0.9] After installing the Windows application, the required service does not start correctly in some cases. If the application cannot be reached, please start the Contacts Manager Windows service manually via the Services Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* when changing the data source in the Contacts Manager, the directory within the Contacts app must be deleted once to initiate a complete re-sync (Thanks to Maik for this info)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using a created connection in the Contacts Manager Windows application====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the software has been successfully installed, you will be prompted to enter the data required to set up the connection when adding a new system. The necessary information can be found in the previously created connection in the Contacts Manager innovaphone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, please define a name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Initial_Setup_1.png|802px|/Initial_Setup_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to enter:&lt;br /&gt;
* Host-Name: The Host-Name is the DNS of your innovaphone app platform, for example https://your-appplatform.com&lt;br /&gt;
* System-Name: The System-Name can be found in the Devices app-&amp;gt;Devices-&amp;gt;Your PBX-&amp;gt;Tab PBX-&amp;gt;Tab Config. If the system name on your system is configured for use as a domain, you have already entered the system name as &amp;quot;Domain&amp;quot; when creating the app instance. The apps can be accessed for example via: https://your-appplatform.com/Syste-Name&lt;br /&gt;
* App-Instance name: The app instance name is the name you have assigned to your Contacts Manager app instance (in the AP Manager).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Example&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Not filled in !! Filled in&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:Initial_Setup_2.png|300px|/Initial_Setup_2.png]] || [[Image:Initial_Setup_2_2_2.png|500px|/Initial_Setup_2_2_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:Initial_Setup_2.png|802px]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is entered as the last step (use the details from the connection you previously created in the Contacts Manager app):&lt;br /&gt;
* Username&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Instance ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Example&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Not filled in !! Filled in&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:Initial_Setup_3.png|300px|/Initial_Setup_3.png]] || [[Image:Initial_Setup_3_2_2.png|500px|/Initial_Setup_3_2_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:Initial_Setup_3.png|802px]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The connection is now established and the Contacts Manager Windows application can request the license from the Contacts Manager innovaphone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com  myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com  myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76504</id>
		<title>Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76504"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T09:50:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Known issues up to and including version 2.24.0.9 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Contacts Manager]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of this product has been finalized June 2024.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner_Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Directory Services|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty Directory Services}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MediaRunway-ContactsManager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts Manager enables regular import of contacts from different data sources into the innovaphone Contacts App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application provides an interface that can be used to check the license and to save and restore the configuration of the Contacts Manager Windows application. Several connections can be configured to serve as endpoints. The Contacts Manager Windows application developed by [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem] uses this connection to query the status of the license and to save its own configuration, which can be restored if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:contactsmanager_overview_3.png|805px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts Manager Windows Application developed by [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem] can be used to aggregate data sources with contacts information and send the result to the Contacts App of the innovaphone App platform. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These data sources could be used:&lt;br /&gt;
* CSV file&lt;br /&gt;
* Excel file&lt;br /&gt;
* MS SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Exchange, also 365 Exchange online&lt;br /&gt;
* ODBC 64Bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manual of the Contacts Manager Windows application can be found here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Call Info API===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Contacts Manager version 1.1.0.0 (133014 sr19) it is possible to store contacts data in the database of the app itself. Data will be published by the Contacts Manager Windows application if configured. Furthermore, it offers an additional &amp;quot;Contacts Manager Call Info API&amp;quot; object, that can be added via PBX Manager. This API object can be used by the [[ Howto:Call_Info_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App | &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] application to connect to the Contacts Manager App and to search for additional information on phone numbers. The [[ Howto:Call_Info_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App | &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] application is an adaptation of the [[Howto:CallInfo_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App | &amp;quot;Call Info&amp;quot;]] application to interact with the Contacts Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoapi.png|782px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- === Provided APIs === --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- name APIs which product provides - if any --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- e.g. some of these https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r2/doc/reference.htm#APIs --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* API1&lt;br /&gt;
* API2&lt;br /&gt;
* API3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of Contacts Manager licenses to be purchased depends on the number of port licenses used. [https://www.innovaphone.com/de/services/lizenzen/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#contactsmanager Here you will find the list how many licenses are need].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone licenses and systems &amp;gt;= V13r3&lt;br /&gt;
* actual windows system to install the sync software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.x (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.0.16.x (133000-133003)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr14&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr16&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Contacts Manager 1.0.18.x (133006)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the App, adding the App instance and the App Object for the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Contacts Manager&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts Manager Call Info API ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts Manager has a second object to add called: &amp;quot;ContactsManager Call Info API&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a hidden app without UI to register our API as Service. The [[ Howto:Call_Info_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App | &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;]] App can connect to this created Service end point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:contactsmanagercallinfoapi.png|751px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To transfer contact data, please install the latest version of the Contacts Manager Windows application and activate the Call Info functionality on the desired data sources. The manual of the Contacts Manager Windows application can be found here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (&amp;quot;ContactsManager&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Contacts_Manager_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
The following is an installation example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AP manager settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_ap_manager.png|1085px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PBX manager settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Please add the ContactsManager Admin Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_pbx_manager.png|1072px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checkmark your admin config while adding the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_pbx_man_admin.png|1068px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After succesfully installing the application open the admin user interface. Now we will configure a connection that can be used as endpoint for license checks. To do this, press the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview.png|451px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you add a name and a description, select the PBX against which the license check is to be carried out, assign a user name and a password. We need the displayed URL for the connection to be set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_new_endpoint_overview2.png|451px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After saving the settings, the new connection appears in the general overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview_withconn.png|451px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the created connection to get to the detailed view. Here you will find all the values required to set up the connection and also the link to download the Contacts Manger application from [https://www.kufgem.at/ Kufgem].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_overview_savedconn.png|448px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assign licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
The necessary licenses can be ordered via innovaphone. These are then assigned to the admin object of the Contacts Manager app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ContactsManager_admin_assign_lic.png|802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts Manager Windows Application===&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to download the installer file of the Contacts Manager Windows application. The link for the zipped installation file can be copied in the expanded view of the created connection (&amp;quot;Install file link&amp;quot;). The manual for the installation can be download here: [https://hostmr.de/myApps/ContactsManager/133006.html Download Manual].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the installation instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Known issues====&lt;br /&gt;
* [up to and including version 2.24.0.9] After installing the Windows application, the required service does not start correctly in some cases. If the application cannot be reached, please start the Contacts Manager Windows service manually via the Services Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* when changing the data source in the Contacts Manager, the directory within the Contacts app must be deleted once to initiate a complete re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using a created connection in the Contacts Manager Windows application====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the software has been successfully installed, you will be prompted to enter the data required to set up the connection when adding a new system. The necessary information can be found in the previously created connection in the Contacts Manager innovaphone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, please define a name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Initial_Setup_1.png|802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to enter:&lt;br /&gt;
* Host-Name: The Host-Name is the DNS of your innovaphone app platform, for example https://your-appplatform.com&lt;br /&gt;
* System-Name: The System-Name can be found in the Devices app-&amp;gt;Devices-&amp;gt;Your PBX-&amp;gt;Tab PBX-&amp;gt;Tab Config. If the system name on your system is configured for use as a domain, you have already entered the system name as &amp;quot;Domain&amp;quot; when creating the app instance. The apps can be accessed for example via: https://your-appplatform.com/Syste-Name&lt;br /&gt;
* App-Instance name: The app instance name is the name you have assigned to your Contacts Manager app instance (in the AP Manager).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Example&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Not filled in !! Filled in&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:Initial_Setup_2.png|300px]] || [[Image:Initial_Setup_2_2_2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:Initial_Setup_2.png|802px]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is entered as the last step (use the details from the connection you previously created in the Contacts Manager app):&lt;br /&gt;
* Username&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Instance ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Example&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Not filled in !! Filled in&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:Initial_Setup_3.png|300px]] || [[Image:Initial_Setup_3_2_2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:Initial_Setup_3.png|802px]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The connection is now established and the Contacts Manager Windows application can request the license from the Contacts Manager innovaphone app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com  myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com  myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Call_Info_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76076</id>
		<title>Howto:Call Info Plus - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Call_Info_Plus_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76076"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T14:01:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Prerequisites */ min version of Contacts Manager&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Call Info Plus]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of this product has been finalized March 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-callinfoplus.png|/Mediarunway-callinfoplus.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Call Info Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; myApps App connects to the [[Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Contacts Manager&amp;quot;]] App and uses this connection to search for additional information on phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoapi.png|782px|/Callinfoapi.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design your own template with call information and display it inside the Phone App, for this you can use the phonebook data from your [[Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App| &amp;quot;Contacts Manager&amp;quot;]] App. Call Info Plus is a client that works in the background: For each incoming call, more information about the phone number is fetched from your Contacts Manager and sent to the Phone App of the respective user. As admin you define which data should be displayed and how they should look like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Call Info Plus User App acts here as a proxy/relay/intermediary, between the Softphone App and a Contacts Manager instance. As soon as a call has been established, the app working in the background sends the phone number to the Call Info Plus service. The service makes a secured request to the Contacts Manager App and sends the answer back to the user Softphone App. The html template, created with the build in editor, displays the data inside Phone App as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Admin App to configure which data sources and data fields can be searched for telephone numbers. Additional search parameters are also available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, each user who get the user app needs a license. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Analytics&amp;amp;type=license#callforward More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* An innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* Valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* An installed and configured Contacts Manager App with a minimum of myApps App Version 133014 and Windows Application at a minimum of 2_24_1_3. Do not forget to add [[Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App#Contacts Manager Call Info API| &amp;quot;Contacts Manager Call Info API&amp;quot;]] so that Call Info Plus can connect to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Call Info Plus 1.x (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the Call Info Plus Admin App and configure your data source endpoints as desired. One can activate a data source for search and select the data endpoints that should be used for a phone number search. The configuration options result from the data endpoints you have created in the Contacts Manager Windows application.&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration options:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Number deviation&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;min. number length for wildcard search&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;The prefixes (e.g. of a node) that are to be truncated&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
are globally valid settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoplusadmin_config.png|714px|/Callinfoplusadmin_config.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define the style of your call informations that shall be displayed in the Softphone App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoplusadmin_styleeditor.png|712px|/Callinfoplusadmin_styleeditor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, one can start using &amp;quot;Call Info Plus&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Call Info Plus Admin needs the rigth to access your added [[Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App#Contacts Manager Call Info API| &amp;quot;Contacts Manager Call Info API&amp;quot;]]. Go to the Devices App -&amp;gt; Devices -&amp;gt; PBX -&amp;gt; Admin-UI -&amp;gt;PBX-&amp;gt;Objects -&amp;gt; CallInfoSearchAdmin (click your added object name) -&amp;gt; Switch to Tab &amp;quot;Apps&amp;quot; and checkmark the name of your Contacts Manager Call Info API and confirm with &amp;quot;Ok&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:callinfoplusadmin_contactsmanagercallinfoapi.png|833px|/Callinfoplusadmin_contactsmanagercallinfoapi.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Call Info Plus can connect to multiple [[Howto:Contacts Manager - MediaRunway - Partner App#Contacts Manager Call Info API| &amp;quot;Contacts Manager Call Info API&amp;quot;]] endpoints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;callinfoplus&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name/sip, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76075</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76075"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T13:56:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the ideal solution for managing on-call services where service staff are required to respond to incoming calls in a defined sequence. With Service24h, calls are forwarded sequentially to multiple numbers, ensuring that service requests are addressed promptly. The service sequence can be easily configured through the user-friendly app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h ensures no critical calls are missed and provides a structured, automated approach to managing on-call staff. Whether through voicemail-based monitoring or direct queue management, Service24h adapts to your organization&#039;s needs to deliver fast, reliable call handling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calls are forwarded to a list of predefined service staff in a specified order. &lt;br /&gt;
* Each agent is called for a configurable duration (X seconds) until one answers and confirms the call by pressing a designated key (DTMF tone).&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent answers during the first cycle, the system restarts the call sequence as many times as configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports internal and external phone numbers, allowing for a diverse and scalable on-call team.&lt;br /&gt;
* The agent list can be imported via CSV through the user app or by sending a CSV file to a dedicated HTTP API endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
* View accumulated log data from past calls and their distribution. Logs are automatically deleted after a configurable number of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voicemail Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors an existing voicemail object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* When a call to the voicemail ends, its duration (age) is evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the call exceeds a configurable time limit, Service24h begins contacting service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* service staff can be internal or external and must confirm the call via DTMF to stop the sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
* If not confirmed, the system calls the next agent.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a agent confirms the call, one gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direct Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors a waiting queue object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming calls are distributed to service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* When an agent accepts a call, they are connected to the caller.&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionally, service staff can be required to press a DTMF key to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent is reached, the caller gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use cases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On-call duty management for technical support teams&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency alert confirmation systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring urgent calls reach the appropriate staff in hierarchical order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, modify, or delete service staff manually or upload them via CSV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort service staff easily using drag-and-drop to change the order they are called.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily deactivate a service staff member using a toggle switch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure specific start and end times/dates for each service staff member duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch views by clicking the clock icon: if dots appear on the clock, service staff with past time configurations are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rows with past or future configurations are dimmed for better recognition of current and future entries.&lt;br /&gt;
* If only a name appears in the first line of a row, no time period is configured. If a time period is present, the name is displayed in the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the PBX name (for master/slave scenarios).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure call handling behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose between &amp;quot;Voicemail&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Direct Call&amp;quot; operation modes.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Admin app mode configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Voice mail !! Direct call&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png]] || [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Fully compatible with cloud environments with no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perform the configuration in the Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: It is possible to deactivate or activate the call logic of the app by using the provided switch. When deactivated, the app does not respond to any calls directed to the configured trigger object, and any configuration combination can be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** Voicemail: Use this mode if the service call should be routed to voicemail. If the call connects for the configurable minimum number of seconds, the service staff will be notified via a call that a new voicemail has been recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select the voicemail object that should be monitored. Note: The voicemail object can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Direct Call: Use this mode if the service call should be transferred directly to a service staff member who accepts the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trigger WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the waiting queue to which the caller is routed in order to reach a service staff member. No group configuration should be performed here, as the routing logic is handled by the Service24h app.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The trigger waiting queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend that the WQ announcement is configured with the parameter [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/PBX/Objects/Waiting_Queue#Announcements repeat=true] in the wq pbx objekt.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Voice mail&amp;quot; mode: If the “Voice mail” mode is selected, the “Drop WQ” announcement is played to the agent, provided the correct DTMF key has been pressed to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Direct call&amp;quot; mode: If the call is not accepted by a service staff member, the call is transferred to this waiting queue. If you do not wish for the call to end on a waiting queue (for example, if it should end on voicemail), configure a CFU (Call Forwarding Unconditional) on this drop waiting queue to the voicemail object. The drop waiting queue can be configured in one or more Service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Agent WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the waiting queue that calls the service staff. If you have configured &amp;quot;DTMF confirm before transfer&amp;quot; and allowed sufficient time under &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input)&amp;quot;, the service staff will hear the configured audio from this waiting queue.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The agent waiting queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: On the PBX object of the agent waiting queue, an Announcment and an &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0 must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend that the WQ announcement is configured with the parameter [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/PBX/Objects/Waiting_Queue#Announcements repeat=true] in the wq pbx objekt.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend, that the Agent WQ will be configured with only the g711a codec! This prevents audio codec problems. For calls only external to external, then g711a exlusive on the trunk should also work.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max loops&#039;&#039;&#039;: This must be configured with a minimum value of 1. It represents the number of times the configured sequence for contacting the service staff should be attempted before the call is transferred to the drop waiting queue.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max ringing time&#039;&#039;&#039;: This setting specifies how long the call should ring at the service staff’s extension before being answered.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF confirm before transfer&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the agent must press the configured phone key number to accept the call. This is particularly useful when an external number is being called, as there may be scenarios (such as a voicemail picking up) where the call could be inadvertently accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max call time (for DTMF input)&#039;&#039;&#039;: Set the duration during which the service staff has time to press the phone key after answering the call from the agent waiting queue. (Consider the length of the audio file that informs the staff which DTMF key to press.)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF number&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the number that the service staff must press on their phone after answering the call from the agent waiting queue to accept the service call. Once this action is completed, call routing ends and, in direct mode, the service staff can speak with the calling party.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use caller E.164 in outgoing calls&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option allows you to decide which number is displayed on the service staff’s phone before the call is answered. It is advisable to enable this feature because if multiple service staff members are called and, for example, the third staff member accepts the call, the other staff members may see a missed call and attempt to return the call unnecessarily. If they only see the number of the agent waiting queue, they will understand that they did not initiate the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log Retentiontime in Days&#039;&#039;&#039;: Defines how long call distribution logs are stored before getting deleted automaticly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;API Token&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you wish to push information to the service staff via the API, click the reload icon in that row to generate an API token. If the token is no longer needed, clear the API token input field and click Save. When an active API token is present, the &#039;&#039;&#039;API Url&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;API Curl Example&#039;&#039;&#039; will also be displayed. The API Url is used in the API Curl Example. Additionally, a sample CSV for uploading is available in the Service24h User App by clicking on the hamburger menu and then selecting &amp;quot;Teamlist import.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adding destinations&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you do NOT only configure external phone numbers in the user app, but also specify internal phone numbers, you must note the following: If the internal destination is directly or indirectly (via CFx) a WQ and this is configured with an alert timeout, then you must also activate “Announcement w/o Connect” for the WQ PBX object. Otherwise, if such a WQ is called without this flag, the call will ring endlessly!!! [Technical background, ICE errors then occur]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[#Configuration|Jump to Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76074</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76074"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T13:55:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the ideal solution for managing on-call services where service staff are required to respond to incoming calls in a defined sequence. With Service24h, calls are forwarded sequentially to multiple numbers, ensuring that service requests are addressed promptly. The service sequence can be easily configured through the user-friendly app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h ensures no critical calls are missed and provides a structured, automated approach to managing on-call staff. Whether through voicemail-based monitoring or direct queue management, Service24h adapts to your organization&#039;s needs to deliver fast, reliable call handling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calls are forwarded to a list of predefined service staff in a specified order. &lt;br /&gt;
* Each agent is called for a configurable duration (X seconds) until one answers and confirms the call by pressing a designated key (DTMF tone).&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent answers during the first cycle, the system restarts the call sequence as many times as configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports internal and external phone numbers, allowing for a diverse and scalable on-call team.&lt;br /&gt;
* The agent list can be imported via CSV through the user app or by sending a CSV file to a dedicated HTTP API endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
* View accumulated log data from past calls and their distribution. Logs are automatically deleted after a configurable number of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voicemail Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors an existing voicemail object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* When a call to the voicemail ends, its duration (age) is evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the call exceeds a configurable time limit, Service24h begins contacting service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* service staff can be internal or external and must confirm the call via DTMF to stop the sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
* If not confirmed, the system calls the next agent.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a agent confirms the call, one gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direct Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors a waiting queue object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming calls are distributed to service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* When an agent accepts a call, they are connected to the caller.&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionally, service staff can be required to press a DTMF key to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent is reached, the caller gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use cases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On-call duty management for technical support teams&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency alert confirmation systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring urgent calls reach the appropriate staff in hierarchical order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, modify, or delete service staff manually or upload them via CSV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort service staff easily using drag-and-drop to change the order they are called.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily deactivate a service staff member using a toggle switch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure specific start and end times/dates for each service staff member duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch views by clicking the clock icon: if dots appear on the clock, service staff with past time configurations are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rows with past or future configurations are dimmed for better recognition of current and future entries.&lt;br /&gt;
* If only a name appears in the first line of a row, no time period is configured. If a time period is present, the name is displayed in the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the PBX name (for master/slave scenarios).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure call handling behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose between &amp;quot;Voicemail&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Direct Call&amp;quot; operation modes.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Admin app mode configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Voice mail !! Direct call&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png]] || [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Fully compatible with cloud environments with no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perform the configuration in the Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: It is possible to deactivate or activate the call logic of the app by using the provided switch. When deactivated, the app does not respond to any calls directed to the configured trigger object, and any configuration combination can be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** Voicemail: Use this mode if the service call should be routed to voicemail. If the call connects for the configurable minimum number of seconds, the service staff will be notified via a call that a new voicemail has been recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select the voicemail object that should be monitored. Note: The voicemail object can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Direct Call: Use this mode if the service call should be transferred directly to a service staff member who accepts the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trigger WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the waiting queue to which the caller is routed in order to reach a service staff member. No group configuration should be performed here, as the routing logic is handled by the Service24h app.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The trigger waiting queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend that the WQ announcement is configured with the parameter [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/PBX/Objects/Waiting_Queue#Announcements repeat=true] in the wq pbx objekt.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Voice mail&amp;quot; mode: If the “Voice mail” mode is selected, the “Drop WQ” announcement is played to the agent, provided the correct DTMF key has been pressed to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Direct call&amp;quot; mode: If the call is not accepted by a service staff member, the call is transferred to this waiting queue. If you do not wish for the call to end on a waiting queue (for example, if it should end on voicemail), configure a CFU (Call Forwarding Unconditional) on this drop waiting queue to the voicemail object. The drop waiting queue can be configured in one or more Service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Agent WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the waiting queue that calls the service staff. If you have configured &amp;quot;DTMF confirm before transfer&amp;quot; and allowed sufficient time under &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input)&amp;quot;, the service staff will hear the configured audio from this waiting queue.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The agent waiting queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: On the PBX object of the agent waiting queue, an Announcment and an &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0 must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend that the WQ announcement is configured with the parameter [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/PBX/Objects/Waiting_Queue#Announcements repeat=true] in the wq pbx objekt.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend, that the Agent WQ will be configured with only the g711a codec! This prevents audio codec problems. For calls only external to external, then g711a exlusive on the trunk should also work.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max loops&#039;&#039;&#039;: This must be configured with a minimum value of 1. It represents the number of times the configured sequence for contacting the service staff should be attempted before the call is transferred to the drop waiting queue.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max ringing time&#039;&#039;&#039;: This setting specifies how long the call should ring at the service staff’s extension before being answered.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF confirm before transfer&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the agent must press the configured phone key number to accept the call. This is particularly useful when an external number is being called, as there may be scenarios (such as a voicemail picking up) where the call could be inadvertently accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max call time (for DTMF input)&#039;&#039;&#039;: Set the duration during which the service staff has time to press the phone key after answering the call from the agent waiting queue. (Consider the length of the audio file that informs the staff which DTMF key to press.)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF number&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the number that the service staff must press on their phone after answering the call from the agent waiting queue to accept the service call. Once this action is completed, call routing ends and, in direct mode, the service staff can speak with the calling party.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use caller E.164 in outgoing calls&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option allows you to decide which number is displayed on the service staff’s phone before the call is answered. It is advisable to enable this feature because if multiple service staff members are called and, for example, the third staff member accepts the call, the other staff members may see a missed call and attempt to return the call unnecessarily. If they only see the number of the agent waiting queue, they will understand that they did not initiate the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log Retentiontime in Days&#039;&#039;&#039;: Defines how long call distribution logs are stored before getting deleted automaticly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;API Token&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you wish to push information to the service staff via the API, click the reload icon in that row to generate an API token. If the token is no longer needed, clear the API token input field and click Save. When an active API token is present, the &#039;&#039;&#039;API Url&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;API Curl Example&#039;&#039;&#039; will also be displayed. The API Url is used in the API Curl Example. Additionally, a sample CSV for uploading is available in the Service24h User App by clicking on the hamburger menu and then selecting &amp;quot;Teamlist import.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adding destinations&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you do NOT only configure external phone numbers in the user app, but also specify internal phone numbers, you must note the following: If the internal destination is directly or indirectly (via CFx) a WQ and this is configured with an alert timeout, then you must also activate “Announcement w/o Connect” for the WQ PBX object. Otherwise, if such a WQ is called without this flag, the call will ring endlessly!!! [Technical background, ICE errors then occur]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[#Configuration|Jump to Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png&amp;diff=76073</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png&amp;diff=76073"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T11:52:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76072</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76072"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T11:52:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the ideal solution for managing on-call services where service staff are required to respond to incoming calls in a defined sequence. With Service24h, calls are forwarded sequentially to multiple numbers, ensuring that service requests are addressed promptly. The service sequence can be easily configured through the user-friendly app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h ensures no critical calls are missed and provides a structured, automated approach to managing on-call staff. Whether through voicemail-based monitoring or direct queue management, Service24h adapts to your organization&#039;s needs to deliver fast, reliable call handling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calls are forwarded to a list of predefined service staff in a specified order. &lt;br /&gt;
* Each agent is called for a configurable duration (X seconds) until one answers and confirms the call by pressing a designated key (DTMF tone).&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent answers during the first cycle, the system restarts the call sequence as many times as configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports internal and external phone numbers, allowing for a diverse and scalable on-call team.&lt;br /&gt;
* The agent list can be imported via CSV through the user app or by sending a CSV file to a dedicated HTTP API endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
* View accumulated log data from past calls and their distribution. Logs are automatically deleted after a configurable number of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voicemail Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors an existing voicemail object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* When a call to the voicemail ends, its duration (age) is evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the call exceeds a configurable time limit, Service24h begins contacting service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* service staff can be internal or external and must confirm the call via DTMF to stop the sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
* If not confirmed, the system calls the next agent.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a agent confirms the call, one gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direct Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors a waiting queue object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming calls are distributed to service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* When an agent accepts a call, they are connected to the caller.&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionally, service staff can be required to press a DTMF key to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent is reached, the caller gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use cases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On-call duty management for technical support teams&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency alert confirmation systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring urgent calls reach the appropriate staff in hierarchical order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, modify, or delete service staff manually or upload them via CSV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort service staff easily using drag-and-drop to change the order they are called.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily deactivate a service staff member using a toggle switch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure specific start and end times/dates for each service staff member duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch views by clicking the clock icon: if dots appear on the clock, service staff with past time configurations are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rows with past or future configurations are dimmed for better recognition of current and future entries.&lt;br /&gt;
* If only a name appears in the first line of a row, no time period is configured. If a time period is present, the name is displayed in the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|User GUI teamlist|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|300px|User GUI Edit team member|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|User GUI teamlist import|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the PBX name (for master/slave scenarios).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure call handling behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose between &amp;quot;Voicemail&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Direct Call&amp;quot; operation modes.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Admin app mode configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Voice mail !! Direct call&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png|300px|Admin GUI VM configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration-vm-mode.png]] || [[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|Admin GUI Direct Call configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Fully compatible with cloud environments with no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perform the configuration in the Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|Admin GUI configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: It is possible to deactivate or activate the call logic of the app by using the provided switch. When deactivated, the app does not respond to any calls directed to the configured trigger object, and any configuration combination can be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** Voicemail: Use this mode if the service call should be routed to voicemail. If the call connects for the configurable minimum number of seconds, the service staff will be notified via a call that a new voicemail has been recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select the voicemail object that should be monitored. Note: The voicemail object can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Direct Call: Use this mode if the service call should be transferred directly to a service staff member who accepts the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trigger WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the work queue to which the caller is routed in order to reach a service staff member. No group configuration should be performed here, as the routing logic is handled by the Service24h app. Note: The trigger work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the user is not accepted by a service staff member, the call is transferred to this work queue. If you do not wish for the call to end on a work queue (for example, if it should end on voicemail), configure a CFU (Call Forwarding Unconditional) on this drop work queue to the voicemail object. The drop work queue can be configured in one or more Service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Agent WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the work queue that calls the service staff. If you have configured &amp;quot;DTMF confirm before transfer&amp;quot; and allowed sufficient time under &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input)&amp;quot;, the service staff will hear the configured audio from this work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The agent work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: On the PBX object of the agent work queue, an Announcment and an &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0 must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend, that the Agent WQ will be configured with only the g711a codec! This prevents audio codec problems.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max loops&#039;&#039;&#039;: This must be configured with a minimum value of 1. It represents the number of times the configured sequence for contacting the service staff should be attempted before the call is transferred to the drop work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max ringing time&#039;&#039;&#039;: This setting specifies how long the call should ring at the service staff’s extension before being answered.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF confirm before transfer&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the agent must press the configured phone key number to accept the call. This is particularly useful when an external number is being called, as there may be scenarios (such as a voicemail picking up) where the call could be inadvertently accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max call time (for DTMF input)&#039;&#039;&#039;: Set the duration during which the service staff has time to press the phone key after answering the call from the agent work queue. (Consider the length of the audio file that informs the staff which DTMF key to press.)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF number&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the number that the service staff must press on their phone after answering the call from the agent work queue to accept the service call. Once this action is completed, call routing ends and, in direct mode, the service staff can speak with the calling party.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use caller E.164 in outgoing calls&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option allows you to decide which number is displayed on the service staff’s phone before the call is answered. It is advisable to enable this feature because if multiple service staff members are called and, for example, the third staff member accepts the call, the other staff members may see a missed call and attempt to return the call unnecessarily. If they only see the number of the agent work queue, they will understand that they did not initiate the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log Retentiontime in Days&#039;&#039;&#039;: Defines how long call distribution logs are stored before getting deleted automaticly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;API Token&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you wish to push information to the service staff via the API, click the reload icon in that row to generate an API token. If the token is no longer needed, clear the API token input field and click Save. When an active API token is present, the &#039;&#039;&#039;API Url&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;API Curl Example&#039;&#039;&#039; will also be displayed. The API Url is used in the API Curl Example. Additionally, a sample CSV for uploading is available in the Service24h User App by clicking on the hamburger menu and then selecting &amp;quot;Teamlist import.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adding destinations&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you do NOT only configure external phone numbers in the user app, but also specify internal phone numbers, you must note the following: If the internal destination is directly or indirectly (via CFx) a WQ and this is configured with an alert timeout, then you must also activate “Announcement w/o Connect” for the WQ PBX object. Otherwise, if such a WQ is called without this flag, the call will ring endlessly!!! [Technical background, ICE errors then occur]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[#Configuration|Jump to Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png&amp;diff=76071</id>
		<title>File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png&amp;diff=76071"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T11:46:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: Mediarunway uploaded a new version of File:Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76070</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76070"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T11:35:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */ wq ICE problems prevent with &amp;quot;Announcement w/o Connect&amp;quot; checkbox&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the ideal solution for managing on-call services where service staff are required to respond to incoming calls in a defined sequence. With Service24h, calls are forwarded sequentially to multiple numbers, ensuring that service requests are addressed promptly. The service sequence can be easily configured through the user-friendly app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h ensures no critical calls are missed and provides a structured, automated approach to managing on-call staff. Whether through voicemail-based monitoring or direct queue management, Service24h adapts to your organization&#039;s needs to deliver fast, reliable call handling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calls are forwarded to a list of predefined service staff in a specified order. &lt;br /&gt;
* Each agent is called for a configurable duration (X seconds) until one answers and confirms the call by pressing a designated key (DTMF tone).&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent answers during the first cycle, the system restarts the call sequence as many times as configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports internal and external phone numbers, allowing for a diverse and scalable on-call team.&lt;br /&gt;
* The agent list can be imported via CSV through the user app or by sending a CSV file to a dedicated HTTP API endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
* View accumulated log data from past calls and their distribution. Logs are automatically deleted after a configurable number of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voicemail Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors an existing voicemail object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* When a call to the voicemail ends, its duration (age) is evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the call exceeds a configurable time limit, Service24h begins contacting service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* service staff can be internal or external and must confirm the call via DTMF to stop the sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
* If not confirmed, the system calls the next agent.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a agent confirms the call, one gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direct Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors a waiting queue object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming calls are distributed to service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* When an agent accepts a call, they are connected to the caller.&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionally, service staff can be required to press a DTMF key to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent is reached, the caller gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use cases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On-call duty management for technical support teams&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency alert confirmation systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring urgent calls reach the appropriate staff in hierarchical order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, modify, or delete service staff manually or upload them via CSV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort service staff easily using drag-and-drop to change the order they are called.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily deactivate a service staff member using a toggle switch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure specific start and end times/dates for each service staff member duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch views by clicking the clock icon: if dots appear on the clock, service staff with past time configurations are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rows with past or future configurations are dimmed for better recognition of current and future entries.&lt;br /&gt;
* If only a name appears in the first line of a row, no time period is configured. If a time period is present, the name is displayed in the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|User GUI teamlist|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|300px|User GUI Edit team member|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|User GUI teamlist import|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the PBX name (for master/slave scenarios).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure call handling behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose between &amp;quot;Voicemail&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Direct Call&amp;quot; operation modes.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|Admin GUI configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Fully compatible with cloud environments with no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perform the configuration in the Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|Admin GUI configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: It is possible to deactivate or activate the call logic of the app by using the provided switch. When deactivated, the app does not respond to any calls directed to the configured trigger object, and any configuration combination can be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** Voicemail: Use this mode if the service call should be routed to voicemail. If the call connects for the configurable minimum number of seconds, the service staff will be notified via a call that a new voicemail has been recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select the voicemail object that should be monitored. Note: The voicemail object can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Direct Call: Use this mode if the service call should be transferred directly to a service staff member who accepts the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trigger WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the work queue to which the caller is routed in order to reach a service staff member. No group configuration should be performed here, as the routing logic is handled by the Service24h app. Note: The trigger work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the user is not accepted by a service staff member, the call is transferred to this work queue. If you do not wish for the call to end on a work queue (for example, if it should end on voicemail), configure a CFU (Call Forwarding Unconditional) on this drop work queue to the voicemail object. The drop work queue can be configured in one or more Service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Agent WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the work queue that calls the service staff. If you have configured &amp;quot;DTMF confirm before transfer&amp;quot; and allowed sufficient time under &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input)&amp;quot;, the service staff will hear the configured audio from this work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The agent work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: On the PBX object of the agent work queue, an Announcment and an &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0 must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend, that the Agent WQ will be configured with only the g711a codec! This prevents audio codec problems.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max loops&#039;&#039;&#039;: This must be configured with a minimum value of 1. It represents the number of times the configured sequence for contacting the service staff should be attempted before the call is transferred to the drop work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max ringing time&#039;&#039;&#039;: This setting specifies how long the call should ring at the service staff’s extension before being answered.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF confirm before transfer&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the agent must press the configured phone key number to accept the call. This is particularly useful when an external number is being called, as there may be scenarios (such as a voicemail picking up) where the call could be inadvertently accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max call time (for DTMF input)&#039;&#039;&#039;: Set the duration during which the service staff has time to press the phone key after answering the call from the agent work queue. (Consider the length of the audio file that informs the staff which DTMF key to press.)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF number&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the number that the service staff must press on their phone after answering the call from the agent work queue to accept the service call. Once this action is completed, call routing ends and, in direct mode, the service staff can speak with the calling party.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use caller E.164 in outgoing calls&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option allows you to decide which number is displayed on the service staff’s phone before the call is answered. It is advisable to enable this feature because if multiple service staff members are called and, for example, the third staff member accepts the call, the other staff members may see a missed call and attempt to return the call unnecessarily. If they only see the number of the agent work queue, they will understand that they did not initiate the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log Retentiontime in Days&#039;&#039;&#039;: Defines how long call distribution logs are stored before getting deleted automaticly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;API Token&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you wish to push information to the service staff via the API, click the reload icon in that row to generate an API token. If the token is no longer needed, clear the API token input field and click Save. When an active API token is present, the &#039;&#039;&#039;API Url&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;API Curl Example&#039;&#039;&#039; will also be displayed. The API Url is used in the API Curl Example. Additionally, a sample CSV for uploading is available in the Service24h User App by clicking on the hamburger menu and then selecting &amp;quot;Teamlist import.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adding destinations&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you do NOT only configure external phone numbers in the user app, but also specify internal phone numbers, you must note the following: If the internal destination is directly or indirectly (via CFx) a WQ and this is configured with an alert timeout, then you must also activate “Announcement w/o Connect” for the WQ PBX object. Otherwise, if such a WQ is called without this flag, the call will ring endlessly!!! [Technical background, ICE errors then occur]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[#Configuration|Jump to Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76069</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=76069"/>
		<updated>2025-04-01T10:33:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */ wq with g711a info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png|200px|right|/Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px|/Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png|/Mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the ideal solution for managing on-call services where service staff are required to respond to incoming calls in a defined sequence. With Service24h, calls are forwarded sequentially to multiple numbers, ensuring that service requests are addressed promptly. The service sequence can be easily configured through the user-friendly app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h ensures no critical calls are missed and provides a structured, automated approach to managing on-call staff. Whether through voicemail-based monitoring or direct queue management, Service24h adapts to your organization&#039;s needs to deliver fast, reliable call handling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calls are forwarded to a list of predefined service staff in a specified order. &lt;br /&gt;
* Each agent is called for a configurable duration (X seconds) until one answers and confirms the call by pressing a designated key (DTMF tone).&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent answers during the first cycle, the system restarts the call sequence as many times as configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports internal and external phone numbers, allowing for a diverse and scalable on-call team.&lt;br /&gt;
* The agent list can be imported via CSV through the user app or by sending a CSV file to a dedicated HTTP API endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
* View accumulated log data from past calls and their distribution. Logs are automatically deleted after a configurable number of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voicemail Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors an existing voicemail object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* When a call to the voicemail ends, its duration (age) is evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the call exceeds a configurable time limit, Service24h begins contacting service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* service staff can be internal or external and must confirm the call via DTMF to stop the sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
* If not confirmed, the system calls the next agent.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a agent confirms the call, one gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direct Mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitors a waiting queue object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming calls are distributed to service staff sequentially in a hierarchical, cyclic order.&lt;br /&gt;
* When an agent accepts a call, they are connected to the caller.&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionally, service staff can be required to press a DTMF key to confirm the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no agent is reached, the caller gets transfered to a configured drop target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use cases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On-call duty management for technical support teams&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency alert confirmation systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring urgent calls reach the appropriate staff in hierarchical order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, modify, or delete service staff manually or upload them via CSV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort service staff easily using drag-and-drop to change the order they are called.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily deactivate a service staff member using a toggle switch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure specific start and end times/dates for each service staff member duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch views by clicking the clock icon: if dots appear on the clock, service staff with past time configurations are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rows with past or future configurations are dimmed for better recognition of current and future entries.&lt;br /&gt;
* If only a name appears in the first line of a row, no time period is configured. If a time period is present, the name is displayed in the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|User GUI teamlist|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png|300px|User GUI Edit team member|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamedit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|User GUI teamlist import|/Mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the PBX name (for master/slave scenarios).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure call handling behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose between &amp;quot;Voicemail&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Direct Call&amp;quot; operation modes.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|Admin GUI configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Fully compatible with cloud environments with no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perform the configuration in the Admin App&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|Admin GUI configuration|/Mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: It is possible to deactivate or activate the call logic of the app by using the provided switch. When deactivated, the app does not respond to any calls directed to the configured trigger object, and any configuration combination can be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** Voicemail: Use this mode if the service call should be routed to voicemail. If the call connects for the configurable minimum number of seconds, the service staff will be notified via a call that a new voicemail has been recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select the voicemail object that should be monitored. Note: The voicemail object can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Direct Call: Use this mode if the service call should be transferred directly to a service staff member who accepts the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trigger WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the work queue to which the caller is routed in order to reach a service staff member. No group configuration should be performed here, as the routing logic is handled by the Service24h app. Note: The trigger work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the user is not accepted by a service staff member, the call is transferred to this work queue. If you do not wish for the call to end on a work queue (for example, if it should end on voicemail), configure a CFU (Call Forwarding Unconditional) on this drop work queue to the voicemail object. The drop work queue can be configured in one or more Service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Agent WQ&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the work queue that calls the service staff. If you have configured &amp;quot;DTMF confirm before transfer&amp;quot; and allowed sufficient time under &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input)&amp;quot;, the service staff will hear the configured audio from this work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: The agent work queue can only be configured once across one or more Service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: On the PBX object of the agent work queue, an Announcment and an &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0 must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note: We recommend, that the Agent WQ will be configured with only the g711a codec! This prevents audio codec problems.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max loops&#039;&#039;&#039;: This must be configured with a minimum value of 1. It represents the number of times the configured sequence for contacting the service staff should be attempted before the call is transferred to the drop work queue.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max ringing time&#039;&#039;&#039;: This setting specifies how long the call should ring at the service staff’s extension before being answered.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF confirm before transfer&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the agent must press the configured phone key number to accept the call. This is particularly useful when an external number is being called, as there may be scenarios (such as a voicemail picking up) where the call could be inadvertently accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max call time (for DTMF input)&#039;&#039;&#039;: Set the duration during which the service staff has time to press the phone key after answering the call from the agent work queue. (Consider the length of the audio file that informs the staff which DTMF key to press.)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DTMF number&#039;&#039;&#039;: This is the number that the service staff must press on their phone after answering the call from the agent work queue to accept the service call. Once this action is completed, call routing ends and, in direct mode, the service staff can speak with the calling party.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use caller E.164 in outgoing calls&#039;&#039;&#039;: This option allows you to decide which number is displayed on the service staff’s phone before the call is answered. It is advisable to enable this feature because if multiple service staff members are called and, for example, the third staff member accepts the call, the other staff members may see a missed call and attempt to return the call unnecessarily. If they only see the number of the agent work queue, they will understand that they did not initiate the call.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log Retentiontime in Days&#039;&#039;&#039;: Defines how long call distribution logs are stored before getting deleted automaticly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;API Token&#039;&#039;&#039;: If you wish to push information to the service staff via the API, click the reload icon in that row to generate an API token. If the token is no longer needed, clear the API token input field and click Save. When an active API token is present, the &#039;&#039;&#039;API Url&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;API Curl Example&#039;&#039;&#039; will also be displayed. The API Url is used in the API Curl Example. Additionally, a sample CSV for uploading is available in the Service24h User App by clicking on the hamburger menu and then selecting &amp;quot;Teamlist import.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[#Configuration|Jump to Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74825</id>
		<title>Howto:Pinboard - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74825"/>
		<updated>2025-01-18T16:25:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Pinboard]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed August 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner_Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-pinboard.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pinboard can replace the information board for notices in the company and saves eternal scrolling in chat histories. If you need or want to publish information to all users, this is the app for you.  You can differentiate between long-term important information and short-term information by selecting an expiration date. In addition, this prevents the &amp;quot;eternal&amp;quot; hanging of obsolete information, e.g. in case of a change of responsibility, on the company information board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard_main.png|1012px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how to create an Pinboard post. The user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-publisher.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see the created post in the Pinboard app, when the user has no creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-reader.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License: Free&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users and the App Object for the admin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr12&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr19&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 final&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the App and add the App Object for user and admin. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the administration area of the app and mark which users are allowed to post new entries to the pinboard. All others who have gained access to the app can consume this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how you can give a user the creator rights, in the Pinboard admin app (if the user is green checked, then the user has creator rights). It is possible, that more then one user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-admin.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see the PBX object api access rights of the Pinboard App (User, not Admin):&lt;br /&gt;
* if you upgrade to Version 132008 you have to add the PbxSignal api access right to have badgecounting for new pinboard posts&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MR-Pinboard_App-ApiAccess.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:MR-Pinboard_App-ApiAccess.png&amp;diff=74824</id>
		<title>File:MR-Pinboard App-ApiAccess.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:MR-Pinboard_App-ApiAccess.png&amp;diff=74824"/>
		<updated>2025-01-18T16:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74823</id>
		<title>Howto:Pinboard - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74823"/>
		<updated>2025-01-18T16:21:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Pinboard]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed August 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner_Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-pinboard.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pinboard can replace the information board for notices in the company and saves eternal scrolling in chat histories. If you need or want to publish information to all users, this is the app for you.  You can differentiate between long-term important information and short-term information by selecting an expiration date. In addition, this prevents the &amp;quot;eternal&amp;quot; hanging of obsolete information, e.g. in case of a change of responsibility, on the company information board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard_main.png|1012px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how to create an Pinboard post. The user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-publisher.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see the created post in the Pinboard app, when the user has no creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-reader.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License: Free&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users and the App Object for the admin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr12&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr19&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 final&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the App and add the App Object for user and admin. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the administration area of the app and mark which users are allowed to post new entries to the pinboard. All others who have gained access to the app can consume this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how you can give a user the creator rights, in the Pinboard admin app (if the user is green checked, then the user has creator rights). It is possible, that more then one user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-admin.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see the PBX object api access rights of the Pinboard App (User, not Admin):&lt;br /&gt;
* when you upgrade to 132008 you have to add the PbxSignal api access right to have badgecounting for new pinboard posts&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MR-Pinboard_App-ApiAccess.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74822</id>
		<title>Howto:Pinboard - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pinboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74822"/>
		<updated>2025-01-18T16:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Compatible innovaphone firmware versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Pinboard]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availablity in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new|type=App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This App has been listed August 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Partner_Apps|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway-pinboard.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pinboard can replace the information board for notices in the company and saves eternal scrolling in chat histories. If you need or want to publish information to all users, this is the app for you.  You can differentiate between long-term important information and short-term information by selecting an expiration date. In addition, this prevents the &amp;quot;eternal&amp;quot; hanging of obsolete information, e.g. in case of a change of responsibility, on the company information board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard_main.png|1012px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how to create an Pinboard post. The user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-publisher.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see the created post in the Pinboard app, when the user has no creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-reader.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature1&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature2&lt;br /&gt;
* Feature3&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License: Free&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users and the App Object for the admin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r2, V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Pinboard 1.0 (132xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr12&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr18&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r2 sr19&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 final&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V13r3 sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the App and add the App Object for user and admin. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the administration area of the app and mark which users are allowed to post new entries to the pinboard. All others who have gained access to the app can consume this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see how you can give a user the creator rights, in the Pinboard admin app (if the user is green checked, then the user has creator rights). It is possible, that more then one user has creator rights:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pinboard-admin.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74583</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74583"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:28:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown&lt;br /&gt;
* if a row is not good readable, this row configured for a time period in the past or the future, so you could better recognize which of the rows are actual relevant and in the future&lt;br /&gt;
* if in the first line of a row is a name displayed than there is no time period configured for this entry/staff. If there is a time period displayed then the name is displayed in the second line of the row&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74582</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74582"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:28:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown&lt;br /&gt;
* if a row is not good readable, this row configured for a time period in the past or the future, so you could better recognize which of the rows are actual relevant and in the future&lt;br /&gt;
* if in the first line of one row is a name displayed than there is no time period configured for this entry/staff. If there is a time period displayed then the name is displayed in the second line of the row&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74581</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74581"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:26:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
* if a row is not good readable, this row configured for a time period in the past or the future, so you could better recognize which of the rows are actual relevant and in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74580</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74580"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:26:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
* if a row is not good readable, this row has configured time in the past or the future, so you could better recognize which of the rows are actual relevant and in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74579</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74579"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:23:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74578</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74578"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:23:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** two modes are available &amp;quot;voicemail&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; for a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74577</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74577"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:22:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and end time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** choose the trigger mode voicemail or direct call to a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74576</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74576"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:16:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and and time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** choose the trigger mode voicemail or direct call to a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq (think about how long the audio file take to inform the staff which dtmf is to push)&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74575</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74575"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:13:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and and time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** choose the trigger mode voicemail or direct call to a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|thumb|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74574</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74574"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:12:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and and time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** choose the trigger mode voicemail or direct call to a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74573</id>
		<title>Howto:Service24h - MediaRunway - Partner App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App&amp;diff=74573"/>
		<updated>2025-01-07T21:11:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mediarunway: /* Functions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_200.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName (newappname) with the name of your app --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway [https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ Service24h]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediarunway_company_logo_150_2.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MediaRunway is an ITC enterprise that provides its customers with contemporary IT services in all areas - Your business, our solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway - About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Change to icon of the app 100x100 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Max. 3 sentences describing the general functionality of the app. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Service24h&#039;&#039;&#039; is a myApps App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service24h is the solution for the on-call service, where service staff should ring one after the other and in a specific order to take over a pending service call. And creating the service sequence is very easy with the user app or automatically via an API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor product website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mediarunway.com/myapps/ MediaRunway - About this application]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Some formattings WikiMedia supports:&lt;br /&gt;
==Title2==&lt;br /&gt;
===Title3===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;&#039; fat text&lt;br /&gt;
* - list item&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:ProductLogo.png]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some text --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* add, change or delete manually the service staffs or upload them via csv&lt;br /&gt;
* sort the service staff by drag and drop&lt;br /&gt;
* deactivate temporary a service staff via switch&lt;br /&gt;
* configure a specific start and and time/date for a service staff&lt;br /&gt;
* with a click on the clock button in the headline, you can change the view. if you can see the clock with dots, then also the configured user(s) with a time in the past are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist.png|300px|alt=User GUI teamlist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-user-teamlist_import.png|500px|alt=User GUI teamlist import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* set the pbx name (for master/slave scenarios)&lt;br /&gt;
* configure the calling behavior&lt;br /&gt;
** choose the trigger mode voicemail or direct call to a specific wq&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mediarunway-service24h-admin-configuration.png|300px|alt=Admin GUI configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a look here to configuration to set the pbx name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In &amp;quot;direct call&amp;quot; mode the trigger wq and agent wq must be from the same pbx!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are no known restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Licensing: innovaphone licensing, one service license is needed. [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/licenses/partner-apps.html?app=Service24h&amp;amp;type=license#service24h More infos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Prerequisites needed for this app. See current MR apps as example and the prerequisites-template.md file. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- None (at least knowledge about installing an App and adding the App Object for the users) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* an innovaphone PBX and Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* valid licences&lt;br /&gt;
* knowledge of the pbx name of the pbx where to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone V13r3, V14r1, V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- MR-TODO: Replace NewAppName and versions text. What SDK version was used during development? With which platform versions was it tested? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* MediaRunway Service24h 1.0 (133xxx)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** innovaphone IPVA V14r2 sr5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In a Master/Slave scenario set the PBX name of the pbx where to synchronize with in the Service24h Admin App under &amp;quot;PBX Name&amp;quot; in the hamburger menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the configuration in the admin app&lt;br /&gt;
* it is possible to deactivate/activate the call logic of the app by set the switch. Then the app doesn´t react to any call to the configured trigger object and in deactivate state any config combination could be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. choose the mode voicemail or direct call&lt;br /&gt;
** voicemail is used if the service call should be routed to the voicemail and if the call was connected with the configureable minimum seconds the the service staffs will be informed via call that there is a new voicemail recorded&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the voicemail object which should be observed. The voicemail could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
** direct call is used if the service call should be directly transfered to a service staff who accepts the call&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the trigger wq, this wq where the caller is routed to to get a service staff. Here no group config should be done, because the routing logic is done by the service24h app. The trigger wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** select the drop wq, if the user isn´t accepted by a service staff then the call is transfered to that wq. if you didn´t want end on a wq, for example on a voicemail, then do on this drop wq a cfu to the voicemail object. The drop wq could be configured in one or more service24h apps.&lt;br /&gt;
** select the agent wq, this is the wq which calls the service staffs, so if you configure &amp;quot;DTMF cm before transfer&amp;quot; and enough time at &amp;quot;max call time (for DTMF input) the service staff will hear the configured audio from this wq.&lt;br /&gt;
*** the agent wq could only be configured once in one or more service24h apps!&lt;br /&gt;
*** on the wq pbx object of the agent wq there must be configured a &amp;quot;Alert Timeout&amp;quot; of 0&lt;br /&gt;
* max loops: must be configured with a minimum of 1, thats the counter how often the configured sequence of the staffs should be called before the call will be transfered to the drop wq.&lt;br /&gt;
* max ringing time: the time how long it should be ring at the service staff, to take the call&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF confirm before transfer: could be switched on or of, if switched on the agent has to press the configured phonekey number to accept a call. This is helpfull if an external number will be called, because there are different scenarios like a mailbox which could also accept the call&lt;br /&gt;
* max call time (for DTMF input): set the time the staff has time to press on the phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq&lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF number: this number the service staff has to push on his phonekey after he has taken the call from the agent wq to accept the service call (after that call routing ends and in direct mode the service staff could speak with the calling party)&lt;br /&gt;
* Use caller e164 in outgoing calls: you could decide which number the service staff will see on his phone before he takes the call. Please think about to switch it on, because if more then one service staff will be called and for example the 3rd staff will accept the call, the two other staffs see a missed call and maybe try to call the number, but its not necessary. If they see only the number of the agent wq, they know that they have not call this number.&lt;br /&gt;
* API Token: if you want to push the service staff via api then press on the reload icon in that row to generate an api token. If you have pressed on it and it isn´t needed anymore, then you can clear the input field of the api token and click on save. If you have an active api token, then there will be also shown &amp;quot;API Url&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;API Curl Example&amp;quot;, the API Url is also shown and used in the API Curl Example. You got a sample csv for uploading in the service24h user app by click on the hamburgermenu and then a click on &amp;quot;Teamlist import&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the app, adding the app instance and the app object for the users and the admin, someone can start using &amp;quot;Service24h&amp;quot;. The steps of the installation process are the same as described in this article [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Callback_-_mediarunway_-_3rd_Party_Product#Install_app_from_App_Store &amp;quot;Callback - Install App from App Store&amp;quot;] only with different names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Brief summary of the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the app from app store&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an instance of the app&lt;br /&gt;
** Values needed: Name (e.g. &amp;quot;service24h&amp;quot;, no blanks here please) - Domain (your platform domain) - App Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - DB Password (generate one, e.g. with 15 characters) - other values will be filled up automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the user and the admin object with PbxManager app (when selecting the name, please do not use spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Service24h_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App#Configuration]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| MediaRunway GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Venloer Str. 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D-41569 Rommerskirchen&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 2183 80628-0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:myApps-sales@mediarunway.com myApps-sales@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Support: [mailto:myApps-support@mediarunway.com myApps-support@mediarunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Website: [https://www.mediarunway.com/ MediaRunway.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://mediarunway.com/contact/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mediarunway</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>